document

50

Upload: dawid-kamps

Post on 23-Mar-2016

238 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

DESCRIPTION

http://download.psdmag.org/en/PSD_05_2010_EN.pdf

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Document

cover artist ndash interviewOlly Howe 4Olly Howe is an illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts He agreed to tell us about what is important in the profession of a digital artist

co

nt

en

tis

su

e 0

5

20

10

Dearest Readers

I have a great pleasure to introduce myself to you as the new Editor in Chief of our psd Photoshop magazine Irsquom very excited to continue the great work and I count on your help Please wish me good luck

In this issue apart from the interesting tutorials on photomanipulation photo retouch and digital painting by Ylenia Peronti Holly Pacheco and Timur E Kiryashov you will find the interview with our cover artist Olly Howe and with a freelance illustrator Jus-tin Maller They have told us a bit about their profession and shared some of the great works they created

All this (and much more) you will find in the June issue of psd Photoshop Enjoy

Magdalena Mojskamagdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Editor in Chief

photomanipulationThe JourneyHolly Pacheco 8

The ParadiseSophie Van Dycke 12

UnderwaterRoberto Gamito 18

creative classAbove the cloudsOdessa Ombregriffe 22

interviewInterview with Justin Maller 28

workshopCreate Stunning Backgrounds for your Fantasy ArtTigz Rice 32

digital paintingKeeper of the UniverseTimur E Kiryashov 36

Editorrsquos ChoiceGallery of Robb Castaneda 40

beauty retouchBeauty is PhotoshopYlenia Peronti 44

interview

psd Photoshop

Design course at the local art college I had no idea what Graphic Design was but it sounded interesting The rest as they say is history I didnrsquot really learn that much about contemporary illus-tration at college as every project was geared towards cooperate branding but the good thing that I did learn was how to use Pho-

Interview with Olly Howe

Tell us your story How did you become a designer and illustratorI didnrsquot really choose to become a digital artist as such I just kind of fell into it I started a course at University which I hated and so quit I didnrsquot know what I wanted to do so I enrolled on a Graphic

Olly Howe is an Illustrator from the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edition prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

interview with olly howe

psd Photoshop

toshop Ever since my introduc-tion to the program I knew that it is what I wanted to do I just loved the freedom of it and the fact that you could create one image from multiple photos At the time I didnrsquot even know that this was called il-lustration I studied in a town called Plymouth and I had a lot of friends that were DJrsquos or that put on club nights this gave me an easy route into the world of club flyer design Designing flyers was great as it meant I could get my work all over the place without having to do a lot After 4 years in Plymouth and building my portfolio I decided to move to London This was really the only option for me if I was to make it as an illustrator However it did not happen over night For 5 years in London I worked a 9 - 5 cooper-ate design job and then did my own freelance work in the evenings un-til about midnight everyday This was a very hard period but it was the only way I could live and do the work I wanted to do I just wasnrsquot

earning enough money from the freelance work After 5 years though I had built up enough clients to take the step to fully freelance and have now been working on my own from home for just over a year

What do you like about your profession Tell us about its advantages and disadvantagesThere are clear advantages and dis-advantages of being freelance One big disadvantage is that sometimes you may have a month where you donrsquot do as much work as you nor-mally would and so financially you have to be prepared for this How-ever not just being paid at the end of the month like in a salary job is a big advantage as it helps to maintain a constant cash flow I remember when I had a salary job the last week of the month I would always be pen-niless Another disadvantage is that you have to keep all your own ac-counts although this is fairly straight forward as long as you keep every-thing up to date regularly

interview

psd Photoshop

The main advantage of working from home is that therersquos nothing better than sitting down in your home studio with a cup of tea turning up the music and getting down to some work without the worry of anyone else interrupting you at any time It

also means that you donrsquot have to have fixed hours I have just had a baby son and being at home all day means that I can help mum out if she needs it without the worry that someonersquos going to dock my pay

interview with olly howe

psd Photoshop

Could you advice anything to those who would like to make their first steps in your professionI always get asked this question and always answer it exactly the same way in your early years during or after college just concentrate on getting your portfolio together Do some research and work out the kind of clients you would ideally like to end up working for and try and produce personal projects that are tai-lored to these clients Ive always thought itrsquos a good idea to give yourself made up briefs as if they came from big ad agencies these companies want to see work that is relevant to them and that they can see working well with their brands so try and mould your portfolio to suit

Also be original the successful illustrators are the ones whorsquos work stands out from the crowd There are a lot of people trying to do the same thing as you so make sure that its your portfolio that makes people go Wow

Other than that and a bit of luck along the way you just have to keep at it and plugging yourself wherever you can There are a lot of creative networking sites that are a good start for design-ers and illustrators to get their portfolios out there like wwwbe-hancenet wwwtalentarenacom

Where would you advice to look for commissionsIf you donrsquot have an agent that looks for the jobs for you then you are going to at some stage have to get looking for work yourself Again do some research here and make lists of all the compa-nies you would ideally like to work for email these people links to your website or online portfolio Agencies are always looking for fresh talent to use so if you catch someones eye it could lead to that dream commission

Digital photomontages are all about discovering hidden beauty and creating harmony from chaos There is a great energy that emerges when multiple images coalesce into a single ethereal scene as objects and landscapes are seen with new eyes and dreamlike vistas come to life The process can be very exciting (and sometimes frustrating) You never know which images will work well together or what will happen when you merge one image with another But that unknown quality is exactly what makes the outcome so rewarding The Journey is a montage I created in Photoshop by merging and transforming several individual images to create an entirely new scene I experimented with different landscapes Irsquove photographed trying out various blending techniques and layer order The process described in this article uses the final photos I chose to work with

The Journey

medium | 45 min

adobe photoshop CS3

the journey

9psd Photoshop

SETTING THE GROUNDWORKFor each of the photographs I changed the dimen-sions resolution and applied a fi lter To make this process faster I fi rst opened the base image for The Journey Using the Actions palette I created a new action named Resize amp Filter and started recording I chose ImagegtImage Size I changed the physical dimensions to 16rdquo x 12rdquo and the reso-lution to 300dpi I then applied a Dry brush fi lter experimenting with different Brush Size Brush Detail and Texture settings until I found a combi-nation that worked well with the photograph For the last part of the action I made a selection of the entire image using EditgtCopy then pressed the Stop button on the Actions palette Each sub-sequent photo used the Resize amp Filter action and had various Layer Blending Modes applied

02

03

PHOTOS AND BLENDING MODESAt this point I was ready to start building the photomontage layer by layer I created a new Photoshop fi le using the same dimensions and resolution and pasted the image I had just worked with onto a new layer called Girl The second pho-tograph I used (courtesy of NASAJPL-CaltechSTScI) is a beautiful shot of the Orion nebula I ap-plied the Resize amp Filter action and pasted it into the new fi le on a new layer called Nebula below the Girl layer I then set the Layer Blending Mode on the Girl layer to overlay Next I duplicated the Nebula layer and set it to overlay as well Together these two layers give the image its striking color

ADDING SOME TEXTUREI then added in a photograph of a wooden bridge surrounded by trees stretching across a dry creek bed This image adds some interesting texture and shapes as well as further defi nes the path that the girl is walking along

01

photomanipulation

10 psd Photoshop

MORE COLORSThe next image added is a photograph of a building set against a blue sky the layer set to Soft light This layer was used simply to enhance the colors reducing some of the harsher orange tones and adding in more purple to the top right In the fi nal image the building itself will not be visible due to the blending mode

04

05

06

MORE DEPTHNext I used a photograph of a sunset with oak trees silhouetted along the bottom This supplied more red tones added depth and created the linear texture in the bottom half of the image

FINISHING TOUCHESAt this point I noticed that the girl had become somewhat lost among all the different colors and shapes To help her stand out more I used the Pen tool to create an outline of her I then went to the Path palette and created a new selection from the outline I copied this onto a new layer just below the original Girl layer and set it to overlay To get rid of the extraneous objects in the back-ground I turned off all the other layers and used the Patch tool to draw a loose selection I dragged this selection to another area (in this case onto the bushes) which effectively blended away the unwanted section For the fi nal touches I added in a photograph of the moon (again courtesy of NASAJPL) setting this layer to Color dodge and butterfl y wings set to Color burn

by Holly PachecowwwHollyPachecocom

medium | 5 h adobe photoshop CS4

This tutorial is going to show you how to make a simple photomanipulation with a few images This mostly takes time and ideas There is no special requirement for this manipulation It is just to show you that with some unrelated images you can make something interesting

The Paradise

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 2: Document

interview

psd Photoshop

Design course at the local art college I had no idea what Graphic Design was but it sounded interesting The rest as they say is history I didnrsquot really learn that much about contemporary illus-tration at college as every project was geared towards cooperate branding but the good thing that I did learn was how to use Pho-

Interview with Olly Howe

Tell us your story How did you become a designer and illustratorI didnrsquot really choose to become a digital artist as such I just kind of fell into it I started a course at University which I hated and so quit I didnrsquot know what I wanted to do so I enrolled on a Graphic

Olly Howe is an Illustrator from the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edition prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

interview with olly howe

psd Photoshop

toshop Ever since my introduc-tion to the program I knew that it is what I wanted to do I just loved the freedom of it and the fact that you could create one image from multiple photos At the time I didnrsquot even know that this was called il-lustration I studied in a town called Plymouth and I had a lot of friends that were DJrsquos or that put on club nights this gave me an easy route into the world of club flyer design Designing flyers was great as it meant I could get my work all over the place without having to do a lot After 4 years in Plymouth and building my portfolio I decided to move to London This was really the only option for me if I was to make it as an illustrator However it did not happen over night For 5 years in London I worked a 9 - 5 cooper-ate design job and then did my own freelance work in the evenings un-til about midnight everyday This was a very hard period but it was the only way I could live and do the work I wanted to do I just wasnrsquot

earning enough money from the freelance work After 5 years though I had built up enough clients to take the step to fully freelance and have now been working on my own from home for just over a year

What do you like about your profession Tell us about its advantages and disadvantagesThere are clear advantages and dis-advantages of being freelance One big disadvantage is that sometimes you may have a month where you donrsquot do as much work as you nor-mally would and so financially you have to be prepared for this How-ever not just being paid at the end of the month like in a salary job is a big advantage as it helps to maintain a constant cash flow I remember when I had a salary job the last week of the month I would always be pen-niless Another disadvantage is that you have to keep all your own ac-counts although this is fairly straight forward as long as you keep every-thing up to date regularly

interview

psd Photoshop

The main advantage of working from home is that therersquos nothing better than sitting down in your home studio with a cup of tea turning up the music and getting down to some work without the worry of anyone else interrupting you at any time It

also means that you donrsquot have to have fixed hours I have just had a baby son and being at home all day means that I can help mum out if she needs it without the worry that someonersquos going to dock my pay

interview with olly howe

psd Photoshop

Could you advice anything to those who would like to make their first steps in your professionI always get asked this question and always answer it exactly the same way in your early years during or after college just concentrate on getting your portfolio together Do some research and work out the kind of clients you would ideally like to end up working for and try and produce personal projects that are tai-lored to these clients Ive always thought itrsquos a good idea to give yourself made up briefs as if they came from big ad agencies these companies want to see work that is relevant to them and that they can see working well with their brands so try and mould your portfolio to suit

Also be original the successful illustrators are the ones whorsquos work stands out from the crowd There are a lot of people trying to do the same thing as you so make sure that its your portfolio that makes people go Wow

Other than that and a bit of luck along the way you just have to keep at it and plugging yourself wherever you can There are a lot of creative networking sites that are a good start for design-ers and illustrators to get their portfolios out there like wwwbe-hancenet wwwtalentarenacom

Where would you advice to look for commissionsIf you donrsquot have an agent that looks for the jobs for you then you are going to at some stage have to get looking for work yourself Again do some research here and make lists of all the compa-nies you would ideally like to work for email these people links to your website or online portfolio Agencies are always looking for fresh talent to use so if you catch someones eye it could lead to that dream commission

Digital photomontages are all about discovering hidden beauty and creating harmony from chaos There is a great energy that emerges when multiple images coalesce into a single ethereal scene as objects and landscapes are seen with new eyes and dreamlike vistas come to life The process can be very exciting (and sometimes frustrating) You never know which images will work well together or what will happen when you merge one image with another But that unknown quality is exactly what makes the outcome so rewarding The Journey is a montage I created in Photoshop by merging and transforming several individual images to create an entirely new scene I experimented with different landscapes Irsquove photographed trying out various blending techniques and layer order The process described in this article uses the final photos I chose to work with

The Journey

medium | 45 min

adobe photoshop CS3

the journey

9psd Photoshop

SETTING THE GROUNDWORKFor each of the photographs I changed the dimen-sions resolution and applied a fi lter To make this process faster I fi rst opened the base image for The Journey Using the Actions palette I created a new action named Resize amp Filter and started recording I chose ImagegtImage Size I changed the physical dimensions to 16rdquo x 12rdquo and the reso-lution to 300dpi I then applied a Dry brush fi lter experimenting with different Brush Size Brush Detail and Texture settings until I found a combi-nation that worked well with the photograph For the last part of the action I made a selection of the entire image using EditgtCopy then pressed the Stop button on the Actions palette Each sub-sequent photo used the Resize amp Filter action and had various Layer Blending Modes applied

02

03

PHOTOS AND BLENDING MODESAt this point I was ready to start building the photomontage layer by layer I created a new Photoshop fi le using the same dimensions and resolution and pasted the image I had just worked with onto a new layer called Girl The second pho-tograph I used (courtesy of NASAJPL-CaltechSTScI) is a beautiful shot of the Orion nebula I ap-plied the Resize amp Filter action and pasted it into the new fi le on a new layer called Nebula below the Girl layer I then set the Layer Blending Mode on the Girl layer to overlay Next I duplicated the Nebula layer and set it to overlay as well Together these two layers give the image its striking color

ADDING SOME TEXTUREI then added in a photograph of a wooden bridge surrounded by trees stretching across a dry creek bed This image adds some interesting texture and shapes as well as further defi nes the path that the girl is walking along

01

photomanipulation

10 psd Photoshop

MORE COLORSThe next image added is a photograph of a building set against a blue sky the layer set to Soft light This layer was used simply to enhance the colors reducing some of the harsher orange tones and adding in more purple to the top right In the fi nal image the building itself will not be visible due to the blending mode

04

05

06

MORE DEPTHNext I used a photograph of a sunset with oak trees silhouetted along the bottom This supplied more red tones added depth and created the linear texture in the bottom half of the image

FINISHING TOUCHESAt this point I noticed that the girl had become somewhat lost among all the different colors and shapes To help her stand out more I used the Pen tool to create an outline of her I then went to the Path palette and created a new selection from the outline I copied this onto a new layer just below the original Girl layer and set it to overlay To get rid of the extraneous objects in the back-ground I turned off all the other layers and used the Patch tool to draw a loose selection I dragged this selection to another area (in this case onto the bushes) which effectively blended away the unwanted section For the fi nal touches I added in a photograph of the moon (again courtesy of NASAJPL) setting this layer to Color dodge and butterfl y wings set to Color burn

by Holly PachecowwwHollyPachecocom

medium | 5 h adobe photoshop CS4

This tutorial is going to show you how to make a simple photomanipulation with a few images This mostly takes time and ideas There is no special requirement for this manipulation It is just to show you that with some unrelated images you can make something interesting

The Paradise

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 3: Document

interview with olly howe

psd Photoshop

toshop Ever since my introduc-tion to the program I knew that it is what I wanted to do I just loved the freedom of it and the fact that you could create one image from multiple photos At the time I didnrsquot even know that this was called il-lustration I studied in a town called Plymouth and I had a lot of friends that were DJrsquos or that put on club nights this gave me an easy route into the world of club flyer design Designing flyers was great as it meant I could get my work all over the place without having to do a lot After 4 years in Plymouth and building my portfolio I decided to move to London This was really the only option for me if I was to make it as an illustrator However it did not happen over night For 5 years in London I worked a 9 - 5 cooper-ate design job and then did my own freelance work in the evenings un-til about midnight everyday This was a very hard period but it was the only way I could live and do the work I wanted to do I just wasnrsquot

earning enough money from the freelance work After 5 years though I had built up enough clients to take the step to fully freelance and have now been working on my own from home for just over a year

What do you like about your profession Tell us about its advantages and disadvantagesThere are clear advantages and dis-advantages of being freelance One big disadvantage is that sometimes you may have a month where you donrsquot do as much work as you nor-mally would and so financially you have to be prepared for this How-ever not just being paid at the end of the month like in a salary job is a big advantage as it helps to maintain a constant cash flow I remember when I had a salary job the last week of the month I would always be pen-niless Another disadvantage is that you have to keep all your own ac-counts although this is fairly straight forward as long as you keep every-thing up to date regularly

interview

psd Photoshop

The main advantage of working from home is that therersquos nothing better than sitting down in your home studio with a cup of tea turning up the music and getting down to some work without the worry of anyone else interrupting you at any time It

also means that you donrsquot have to have fixed hours I have just had a baby son and being at home all day means that I can help mum out if she needs it without the worry that someonersquos going to dock my pay

interview with olly howe

psd Photoshop

Could you advice anything to those who would like to make their first steps in your professionI always get asked this question and always answer it exactly the same way in your early years during or after college just concentrate on getting your portfolio together Do some research and work out the kind of clients you would ideally like to end up working for and try and produce personal projects that are tai-lored to these clients Ive always thought itrsquos a good idea to give yourself made up briefs as if they came from big ad agencies these companies want to see work that is relevant to them and that they can see working well with their brands so try and mould your portfolio to suit

Also be original the successful illustrators are the ones whorsquos work stands out from the crowd There are a lot of people trying to do the same thing as you so make sure that its your portfolio that makes people go Wow

Other than that and a bit of luck along the way you just have to keep at it and plugging yourself wherever you can There are a lot of creative networking sites that are a good start for design-ers and illustrators to get their portfolios out there like wwwbe-hancenet wwwtalentarenacom

Where would you advice to look for commissionsIf you donrsquot have an agent that looks for the jobs for you then you are going to at some stage have to get looking for work yourself Again do some research here and make lists of all the compa-nies you would ideally like to work for email these people links to your website or online portfolio Agencies are always looking for fresh talent to use so if you catch someones eye it could lead to that dream commission

Digital photomontages are all about discovering hidden beauty and creating harmony from chaos There is a great energy that emerges when multiple images coalesce into a single ethereal scene as objects and landscapes are seen with new eyes and dreamlike vistas come to life The process can be very exciting (and sometimes frustrating) You never know which images will work well together or what will happen when you merge one image with another But that unknown quality is exactly what makes the outcome so rewarding The Journey is a montage I created in Photoshop by merging and transforming several individual images to create an entirely new scene I experimented with different landscapes Irsquove photographed trying out various blending techniques and layer order The process described in this article uses the final photos I chose to work with

The Journey

medium | 45 min

adobe photoshop CS3

the journey

9psd Photoshop

SETTING THE GROUNDWORKFor each of the photographs I changed the dimen-sions resolution and applied a fi lter To make this process faster I fi rst opened the base image for The Journey Using the Actions palette I created a new action named Resize amp Filter and started recording I chose ImagegtImage Size I changed the physical dimensions to 16rdquo x 12rdquo and the reso-lution to 300dpi I then applied a Dry brush fi lter experimenting with different Brush Size Brush Detail and Texture settings until I found a combi-nation that worked well with the photograph For the last part of the action I made a selection of the entire image using EditgtCopy then pressed the Stop button on the Actions palette Each sub-sequent photo used the Resize amp Filter action and had various Layer Blending Modes applied

02

03

PHOTOS AND BLENDING MODESAt this point I was ready to start building the photomontage layer by layer I created a new Photoshop fi le using the same dimensions and resolution and pasted the image I had just worked with onto a new layer called Girl The second pho-tograph I used (courtesy of NASAJPL-CaltechSTScI) is a beautiful shot of the Orion nebula I ap-plied the Resize amp Filter action and pasted it into the new fi le on a new layer called Nebula below the Girl layer I then set the Layer Blending Mode on the Girl layer to overlay Next I duplicated the Nebula layer and set it to overlay as well Together these two layers give the image its striking color

ADDING SOME TEXTUREI then added in a photograph of a wooden bridge surrounded by trees stretching across a dry creek bed This image adds some interesting texture and shapes as well as further defi nes the path that the girl is walking along

01

photomanipulation

10 psd Photoshop

MORE COLORSThe next image added is a photograph of a building set against a blue sky the layer set to Soft light This layer was used simply to enhance the colors reducing some of the harsher orange tones and adding in more purple to the top right In the fi nal image the building itself will not be visible due to the blending mode

04

05

06

MORE DEPTHNext I used a photograph of a sunset with oak trees silhouetted along the bottom This supplied more red tones added depth and created the linear texture in the bottom half of the image

FINISHING TOUCHESAt this point I noticed that the girl had become somewhat lost among all the different colors and shapes To help her stand out more I used the Pen tool to create an outline of her I then went to the Path palette and created a new selection from the outline I copied this onto a new layer just below the original Girl layer and set it to overlay To get rid of the extraneous objects in the back-ground I turned off all the other layers and used the Patch tool to draw a loose selection I dragged this selection to another area (in this case onto the bushes) which effectively blended away the unwanted section For the fi nal touches I added in a photograph of the moon (again courtesy of NASAJPL) setting this layer to Color dodge and butterfl y wings set to Color burn

by Holly PachecowwwHollyPachecocom

medium | 5 h adobe photoshop CS4

This tutorial is going to show you how to make a simple photomanipulation with a few images This mostly takes time and ideas There is no special requirement for this manipulation It is just to show you that with some unrelated images you can make something interesting

The Paradise

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 4: Document

interview

psd Photoshop

The main advantage of working from home is that therersquos nothing better than sitting down in your home studio with a cup of tea turning up the music and getting down to some work without the worry of anyone else interrupting you at any time It

also means that you donrsquot have to have fixed hours I have just had a baby son and being at home all day means that I can help mum out if she needs it without the worry that someonersquos going to dock my pay

interview with olly howe

psd Photoshop

Could you advice anything to those who would like to make their first steps in your professionI always get asked this question and always answer it exactly the same way in your early years during or after college just concentrate on getting your portfolio together Do some research and work out the kind of clients you would ideally like to end up working for and try and produce personal projects that are tai-lored to these clients Ive always thought itrsquos a good idea to give yourself made up briefs as if they came from big ad agencies these companies want to see work that is relevant to them and that they can see working well with their brands so try and mould your portfolio to suit

Also be original the successful illustrators are the ones whorsquos work stands out from the crowd There are a lot of people trying to do the same thing as you so make sure that its your portfolio that makes people go Wow

Other than that and a bit of luck along the way you just have to keep at it and plugging yourself wherever you can There are a lot of creative networking sites that are a good start for design-ers and illustrators to get their portfolios out there like wwwbe-hancenet wwwtalentarenacom

Where would you advice to look for commissionsIf you donrsquot have an agent that looks for the jobs for you then you are going to at some stage have to get looking for work yourself Again do some research here and make lists of all the compa-nies you would ideally like to work for email these people links to your website or online portfolio Agencies are always looking for fresh talent to use so if you catch someones eye it could lead to that dream commission

Digital photomontages are all about discovering hidden beauty and creating harmony from chaos There is a great energy that emerges when multiple images coalesce into a single ethereal scene as objects and landscapes are seen with new eyes and dreamlike vistas come to life The process can be very exciting (and sometimes frustrating) You never know which images will work well together or what will happen when you merge one image with another But that unknown quality is exactly what makes the outcome so rewarding The Journey is a montage I created in Photoshop by merging and transforming several individual images to create an entirely new scene I experimented with different landscapes Irsquove photographed trying out various blending techniques and layer order The process described in this article uses the final photos I chose to work with

The Journey

medium | 45 min

adobe photoshop CS3

the journey

9psd Photoshop

SETTING THE GROUNDWORKFor each of the photographs I changed the dimen-sions resolution and applied a fi lter To make this process faster I fi rst opened the base image for The Journey Using the Actions palette I created a new action named Resize amp Filter and started recording I chose ImagegtImage Size I changed the physical dimensions to 16rdquo x 12rdquo and the reso-lution to 300dpi I then applied a Dry brush fi lter experimenting with different Brush Size Brush Detail and Texture settings until I found a combi-nation that worked well with the photograph For the last part of the action I made a selection of the entire image using EditgtCopy then pressed the Stop button on the Actions palette Each sub-sequent photo used the Resize amp Filter action and had various Layer Blending Modes applied

02

03

PHOTOS AND BLENDING MODESAt this point I was ready to start building the photomontage layer by layer I created a new Photoshop fi le using the same dimensions and resolution and pasted the image I had just worked with onto a new layer called Girl The second pho-tograph I used (courtesy of NASAJPL-CaltechSTScI) is a beautiful shot of the Orion nebula I ap-plied the Resize amp Filter action and pasted it into the new fi le on a new layer called Nebula below the Girl layer I then set the Layer Blending Mode on the Girl layer to overlay Next I duplicated the Nebula layer and set it to overlay as well Together these two layers give the image its striking color

ADDING SOME TEXTUREI then added in a photograph of a wooden bridge surrounded by trees stretching across a dry creek bed This image adds some interesting texture and shapes as well as further defi nes the path that the girl is walking along

01

photomanipulation

10 psd Photoshop

MORE COLORSThe next image added is a photograph of a building set against a blue sky the layer set to Soft light This layer was used simply to enhance the colors reducing some of the harsher orange tones and adding in more purple to the top right In the fi nal image the building itself will not be visible due to the blending mode

04

05

06

MORE DEPTHNext I used a photograph of a sunset with oak trees silhouetted along the bottom This supplied more red tones added depth and created the linear texture in the bottom half of the image

FINISHING TOUCHESAt this point I noticed that the girl had become somewhat lost among all the different colors and shapes To help her stand out more I used the Pen tool to create an outline of her I then went to the Path palette and created a new selection from the outline I copied this onto a new layer just below the original Girl layer and set it to overlay To get rid of the extraneous objects in the back-ground I turned off all the other layers and used the Patch tool to draw a loose selection I dragged this selection to another area (in this case onto the bushes) which effectively blended away the unwanted section For the fi nal touches I added in a photograph of the moon (again courtesy of NASAJPL) setting this layer to Color dodge and butterfl y wings set to Color burn

by Holly PachecowwwHollyPachecocom

medium | 5 h adobe photoshop CS4

This tutorial is going to show you how to make a simple photomanipulation with a few images This mostly takes time and ideas There is no special requirement for this manipulation It is just to show you that with some unrelated images you can make something interesting

The Paradise

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 5: Document

interview with olly howe

psd Photoshop

Could you advice anything to those who would like to make their first steps in your professionI always get asked this question and always answer it exactly the same way in your early years during or after college just concentrate on getting your portfolio together Do some research and work out the kind of clients you would ideally like to end up working for and try and produce personal projects that are tai-lored to these clients Ive always thought itrsquos a good idea to give yourself made up briefs as if they came from big ad agencies these companies want to see work that is relevant to them and that they can see working well with their brands so try and mould your portfolio to suit

Also be original the successful illustrators are the ones whorsquos work stands out from the crowd There are a lot of people trying to do the same thing as you so make sure that its your portfolio that makes people go Wow

Other than that and a bit of luck along the way you just have to keep at it and plugging yourself wherever you can There are a lot of creative networking sites that are a good start for design-ers and illustrators to get their portfolios out there like wwwbe-hancenet wwwtalentarenacom

Where would you advice to look for commissionsIf you donrsquot have an agent that looks for the jobs for you then you are going to at some stage have to get looking for work yourself Again do some research here and make lists of all the compa-nies you would ideally like to work for email these people links to your website or online portfolio Agencies are always looking for fresh talent to use so if you catch someones eye it could lead to that dream commission

Digital photomontages are all about discovering hidden beauty and creating harmony from chaos There is a great energy that emerges when multiple images coalesce into a single ethereal scene as objects and landscapes are seen with new eyes and dreamlike vistas come to life The process can be very exciting (and sometimes frustrating) You never know which images will work well together or what will happen when you merge one image with another But that unknown quality is exactly what makes the outcome so rewarding The Journey is a montage I created in Photoshop by merging and transforming several individual images to create an entirely new scene I experimented with different landscapes Irsquove photographed trying out various blending techniques and layer order The process described in this article uses the final photos I chose to work with

The Journey

medium | 45 min

adobe photoshop CS3

the journey

9psd Photoshop

SETTING THE GROUNDWORKFor each of the photographs I changed the dimen-sions resolution and applied a fi lter To make this process faster I fi rst opened the base image for The Journey Using the Actions palette I created a new action named Resize amp Filter and started recording I chose ImagegtImage Size I changed the physical dimensions to 16rdquo x 12rdquo and the reso-lution to 300dpi I then applied a Dry brush fi lter experimenting with different Brush Size Brush Detail and Texture settings until I found a combi-nation that worked well with the photograph For the last part of the action I made a selection of the entire image using EditgtCopy then pressed the Stop button on the Actions palette Each sub-sequent photo used the Resize amp Filter action and had various Layer Blending Modes applied

02

03

PHOTOS AND BLENDING MODESAt this point I was ready to start building the photomontage layer by layer I created a new Photoshop fi le using the same dimensions and resolution and pasted the image I had just worked with onto a new layer called Girl The second pho-tograph I used (courtesy of NASAJPL-CaltechSTScI) is a beautiful shot of the Orion nebula I ap-plied the Resize amp Filter action and pasted it into the new fi le on a new layer called Nebula below the Girl layer I then set the Layer Blending Mode on the Girl layer to overlay Next I duplicated the Nebula layer and set it to overlay as well Together these two layers give the image its striking color

ADDING SOME TEXTUREI then added in a photograph of a wooden bridge surrounded by trees stretching across a dry creek bed This image adds some interesting texture and shapes as well as further defi nes the path that the girl is walking along

01

photomanipulation

10 psd Photoshop

MORE COLORSThe next image added is a photograph of a building set against a blue sky the layer set to Soft light This layer was used simply to enhance the colors reducing some of the harsher orange tones and adding in more purple to the top right In the fi nal image the building itself will not be visible due to the blending mode

04

05

06

MORE DEPTHNext I used a photograph of a sunset with oak trees silhouetted along the bottom This supplied more red tones added depth and created the linear texture in the bottom half of the image

FINISHING TOUCHESAt this point I noticed that the girl had become somewhat lost among all the different colors and shapes To help her stand out more I used the Pen tool to create an outline of her I then went to the Path palette and created a new selection from the outline I copied this onto a new layer just below the original Girl layer and set it to overlay To get rid of the extraneous objects in the back-ground I turned off all the other layers and used the Patch tool to draw a loose selection I dragged this selection to another area (in this case onto the bushes) which effectively blended away the unwanted section For the fi nal touches I added in a photograph of the moon (again courtesy of NASAJPL) setting this layer to Color dodge and butterfl y wings set to Color burn

by Holly PachecowwwHollyPachecocom

medium | 5 h adobe photoshop CS4

This tutorial is going to show you how to make a simple photomanipulation with a few images This mostly takes time and ideas There is no special requirement for this manipulation It is just to show you that with some unrelated images you can make something interesting

The Paradise

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 6: Document

Digital photomontages are all about discovering hidden beauty and creating harmony from chaos There is a great energy that emerges when multiple images coalesce into a single ethereal scene as objects and landscapes are seen with new eyes and dreamlike vistas come to life The process can be very exciting (and sometimes frustrating) You never know which images will work well together or what will happen when you merge one image with another But that unknown quality is exactly what makes the outcome so rewarding The Journey is a montage I created in Photoshop by merging and transforming several individual images to create an entirely new scene I experimented with different landscapes Irsquove photographed trying out various blending techniques and layer order The process described in this article uses the final photos I chose to work with

The Journey

medium | 45 min

adobe photoshop CS3

the journey

9psd Photoshop

SETTING THE GROUNDWORKFor each of the photographs I changed the dimen-sions resolution and applied a fi lter To make this process faster I fi rst opened the base image for The Journey Using the Actions palette I created a new action named Resize amp Filter and started recording I chose ImagegtImage Size I changed the physical dimensions to 16rdquo x 12rdquo and the reso-lution to 300dpi I then applied a Dry brush fi lter experimenting with different Brush Size Brush Detail and Texture settings until I found a combi-nation that worked well with the photograph For the last part of the action I made a selection of the entire image using EditgtCopy then pressed the Stop button on the Actions palette Each sub-sequent photo used the Resize amp Filter action and had various Layer Blending Modes applied

02

03

PHOTOS AND BLENDING MODESAt this point I was ready to start building the photomontage layer by layer I created a new Photoshop fi le using the same dimensions and resolution and pasted the image I had just worked with onto a new layer called Girl The second pho-tograph I used (courtesy of NASAJPL-CaltechSTScI) is a beautiful shot of the Orion nebula I ap-plied the Resize amp Filter action and pasted it into the new fi le on a new layer called Nebula below the Girl layer I then set the Layer Blending Mode on the Girl layer to overlay Next I duplicated the Nebula layer and set it to overlay as well Together these two layers give the image its striking color

ADDING SOME TEXTUREI then added in a photograph of a wooden bridge surrounded by trees stretching across a dry creek bed This image adds some interesting texture and shapes as well as further defi nes the path that the girl is walking along

01

photomanipulation

10 psd Photoshop

MORE COLORSThe next image added is a photograph of a building set against a blue sky the layer set to Soft light This layer was used simply to enhance the colors reducing some of the harsher orange tones and adding in more purple to the top right In the fi nal image the building itself will not be visible due to the blending mode

04

05

06

MORE DEPTHNext I used a photograph of a sunset with oak trees silhouetted along the bottom This supplied more red tones added depth and created the linear texture in the bottom half of the image

FINISHING TOUCHESAt this point I noticed that the girl had become somewhat lost among all the different colors and shapes To help her stand out more I used the Pen tool to create an outline of her I then went to the Path palette and created a new selection from the outline I copied this onto a new layer just below the original Girl layer and set it to overlay To get rid of the extraneous objects in the back-ground I turned off all the other layers and used the Patch tool to draw a loose selection I dragged this selection to another area (in this case onto the bushes) which effectively blended away the unwanted section For the fi nal touches I added in a photograph of the moon (again courtesy of NASAJPL) setting this layer to Color dodge and butterfl y wings set to Color burn

by Holly PachecowwwHollyPachecocom

medium | 5 h adobe photoshop CS4

This tutorial is going to show you how to make a simple photomanipulation with a few images This mostly takes time and ideas There is no special requirement for this manipulation It is just to show you that with some unrelated images you can make something interesting

The Paradise

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 7: Document

the journey

9psd Photoshop

SETTING THE GROUNDWORKFor each of the photographs I changed the dimen-sions resolution and applied a fi lter To make this process faster I fi rst opened the base image for The Journey Using the Actions palette I created a new action named Resize amp Filter and started recording I chose ImagegtImage Size I changed the physical dimensions to 16rdquo x 12rdquo and the reso-lution to 300dpi I then applied a Dry brush fi lter experimenting with different Brush Size Brush Detail and Texture settings until I found a combi-nation that worked well with the photograph For the last part of the action I made a selection of the entire image using EditgtCopy then pressed the Stop button on the Actions palette Each sub-sequent photo used the Resize amp Filter action and had various Layer Blending Modes applied

02

03

PHOTOS AND BLENDING MODESAt this point I was ready to start building the photomontage layer by layer I created a new Photoshop fi le using the same dimensions and resolution and pasted the image I had just worked with onto a new layer called Girl The second pho-tograph I used (courtesy of NASAJPL-CaltechSTScI) is a beautiful shot of the Orion nebula I ap-plied the Resize amp Filter action and pasted it into the new fi le on a new layer called Nebula below the Girl layer I then set the Layer Blending Mode on the Girl layer to overlay Next I duplicated the Nebula layer and set it to overlay as well Together these two layers give the image its striking color

ADDING SOME TEXTUREI then added in a photograph of a wooden bridge surrounded by trees stretching across a dry creek bed This image adds some interesting texture and shapes as well as further defi nes the path that the girl is walking along

01

photomanipulation

10 psd Photoshop

MORE COLORSThe next image added is a photograph of a building set against a blue sky the layer set to Soft light This layer was used simply to enhance the colors reducing some of the harsher orange tones and adding in more purple to the top right In the fi nal image the building itself will not be visible due to the blending mode

04

05

06

MORE DEPTHNext I used a photograph of a sunset with oak trees silhouetted along the bottom This supplied more red tones added depth and created the linear texture in the bottom half of the image

FINISHING TOUCHESAt this point I noticed that the girl had become somewhat lost among all the different colors and shapes To help her stand out more I used the Pen tool to create an outline of her I then went to the Path palette and created a new selection from the outline I copied this onto a new layer just below the original Girl layer and set it to overlay To get rid of the extraneous objects in the back-ground I turned off all the other layers and used the Patch tool to draw a loose selection I dragged this selection to another area (in this case onto the bushes) which effectively blended away the unwanted section For the fi nal touches I added in a photograph of the moon (again courtesy of NASAJPL) setting this layer to Color dodge and butterfl y wings set to Color burn

by Holly PachecowwwHollyPachecocom

medium | 5 h adobe photoshop CS4

This tutorial is going to show you how to make a simple photomanipulation with a few images This mostly takes time and ideas There is no special requirement for this manipulation It is just to show you that with some unrelated images you can make something interesting

The Paradise

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 8: Document

photomanipulation

10 psd Photoshop

MORE COLORSThe next image added is a photograph of a building set against a blue sky the layer set to Soft light This layer was used simply to enhance the colors reducing some of the harsher orange tones and adding in more purple to the top right In the fi nal image the building itself will not be visible due to the blending mode

04

05

06

MORE DEPTHNext I used a photograph of a sunset with oak trees silhouetted along the bottom This supplied more red tones added depth and created the linear texture in the bottom half of the image

FINISHING TOUCHESAt this point I noticed that the girl had become somewhat lost among all the different colors and shapes To help her stand out more I used the Pen tool to create an outline of her I then went to the Path palette and created a new selection from the outline I copied this onto a new layer just below the original Girl layer and set it to overlay To get rid of the extraneous objects in the back-ground I turned off all the other layers and used the Patch tool to draw a loose selection I dragged this selection to another area (in this case onto the bushes) which effectively blended away the unwanted section For the fi nal touches I added in a photograph of the moon (again courtesy of NASAJPL) setting this layer to Color dodge and butterfl y wings set to Color burn

by Holly PachecowwwHollyPachecocom

medium | 5 h adobe photoshop CS4

This tutorial is going to show you how to make a simple photomanipulation with a few images This mostly takes time and ideas There is no special requirement for this manipulation It is just to show you that with some unrelated images you can make something interesting

The Paradise

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 9: Document

medium | 5 h adobe photoshop CS4

This tutorial is going to show you how to make a simple photomanipulation with a few images This mostly takes time and ideas There is no special requirement for this manipulation It is just to show you that with some unrelated images you can make something interesting

The Paradise

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 10: Document

This tutorial is going to show you how to make a simple photomanipulation with a few images This mostly takes time and ideas There is no special requirement for this manipulation It is just to show you that with some unrelated images you can make something interesting

The Paradise

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 11: Document

workshop

14 psd 052008

Step 1First open Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and extract the stairs with the Polygonal lasso tool Rename the layer stairs You can also use the Magnetic lasso tool The tool used is not important ndash use the one you prefer

01

02

03

Step 2Open cloudsjpg Convert it into a layer by double clicking on the layer Then duplicate Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and place it under the stairs layer Enlarge this image to have more clouds and hide the beach

Step 3Create a new layer and rename it Clouds_layer Use the Brush tool with a white color Go to Windows ndash Brush menu and display Display it Click on the down arrow and choose Load brush Choose the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr and click OK Now you have to paint some clouds on the stairs Try to hide some parts of the stairs

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 12: Document

the paradise

15psd 052008

Step 4Open Creeping_Tears_041_by_Elandriajpg and ex-tract the woman (by using the Polygonal lasso tool or Filter and Extract) Duplicate the layer on Way_Up_by_Elandriajpg and rename it Elandria This new layer should be above the stairs layer and under the clouds_layer

04

05

06

Step 5Create a new layer and rename it Hair1 With the Eyedropper tool select the darkest hair color Use the Brush hair by alicefauxabr (do the same thing you did with clouds) and paint some ad-ditional hair around the head (you can create two layers one behind and the other above the Elandria layer The one behind is to create the ef-fect of the wind in girlrsquos hair) use the Pencil tool (Size 2 Hardness 50) to create some wicked hair Draw them as you feel To better blend the added forms use the Smudge tool on the layer Elandria (on the hair) Create a new layer and re-name it makeup With the Brush tool (Size 9 Hard-ness 60 Color f7dbf5) paint on the eyelid and then change the blending options to Linear Dodge You can choose several colors if you want You can also paint under the eyes on the mouth etc

Step 6Open jmjvicentejpg and extract the arch by using the Polygonal Lasso tool (or go to the Filter menu and select Extract if it is easier for you) Duplicate your arch to Way_Up_by_Elandria and rename it arch Then go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtMatch Color and set the properties Luminance 141 Color in-tensity 1 Melted 100 source Way_Up_by_Elandriapsd layer stairs

4

5

6

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 13: Document

workshop

16 psd 052008

Step 7Create another layer and name it clouds2 Paint some clouds under and over the arch (still with the Brush cloudsby_thiselectricheartabr that you have previously used) You can paint just a little or hide the whole bottom of the arch if you want

07

08

09

Step 8Duplicate the layers arch and clouds2 and go to EditgtFree Transform and make a small arch (you can Merge Down those two layers if it is easier) Duplicate your new arch layer (arch2) and make another arch smaller than the others You can place the two arches wherever you want

Step 9Create a new layer under the arch layers With the Polygonal lasso tool make a selection to draw some rays of light in front of each arch and fi ll it with white color Then fi lter BlurgtMotion Blur (An-gle 63 Distance 83) Than set the Gaussian Blur to 20 px

9

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 14: Document

the paradise

17psd 052008

Step 10Create a new layer under the Ray of light layer and name it Gate Make a selection with the rect-angular Marquee Tool behind the largest arch and fi ll it with white (and some other color for the second one I choose d884b6 for example) Go to FiltergtRendergtClouds (Press [Ctrl]+[F] two or three times to run the tool again) Then go to FiltergtSketchgtChrome (Detail 10 Smooth 0) Duplicate twice and place them under the other arch layer and delete what exceeds (you should have two new layers renamed gate2 and gate3) Working on each gate layer go to ImagegtAdjustmentsgtColor Balance and have fun

10

11

12

Step 11Go to the hair1 layer and merge down with the makeup layer and Elandria layer (you should have one layer called Elandria) Then go to ImagegtAdju-stmentsgtSelective color (Color RedCyan 100 Magenta 100 Yellow +30 Black +64 Mode Relative) For this part you can make others ad-justments it depends on what you want or what kind of color you prefer

Step 12Now make the last color adjustments First merge all layer (LayergtFlatten image) But before that make sure you fi nish your work If you have some last adjustments to do do it before this step I think this is the best part because you can make a lot of different colors by using several layers and blending mode Create a new layer and fi ll it for exampl with 5e027d ndash Blending mode Lighten Opacity 60 Create another layer and fi ll it with 6b441a Blend-ing mode Lighten Opacity 35

by Sophie Van Dycke

Stock used bull Woman and stairs stock from Elandria

(EBroughton-Sheard)bull Clouds brush from thiselectricheart (Deviant

art)bull Hair brush from ALiceFaux (Deviant art)bull Arch and sky from jmjvicente and mihow

(sxchu)

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 15: Document

Photoshop is probably the most powerful tool to work with photos When you need to adjust colors to cut out to think about compositions alternatives Photoshop is the right tool In this tutorial we will cover the basic on combining few elements working with few colours and at the same time to have a pleasant result

Underwater

medium | 90 min adobe photoshop CS4

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 16: Document

underwater

19psd Photoshop

Step 1Prepare an appropriate image for the tutorial I used bubbles and fi sh for this example You can fi nd good images at some of the free sites like photoxpresscom or sxchu

02

03

Step 2Create a new layer Using the Paint bucket tool choose the color ecf6f8 and paint the layer with this color Set the Blend mode to Hue Make sure this layer is the top layer

Step 3Apply the bubbles and water to a new layer Be cre-ative use pictures and search the stock images Also apply some different levels to the bubbles to fi t better to the initial stock

01

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 17: Document

photomanipulation

20 psd Photoshop

Step 4Add more details to the image I added the fi sh To extract the fi sh is very simple Open the stock photo and go to ModifygtColor Range Click White on the actual canvas confi rm and press (Del)

04

05

06

Step 5Paint the eyes with the same blue color as the bubbles (or use some other color) With the same blue you can paint other points to give more im-pact to the image Then set the Blend mode of the layer to Linear Dodge With a soft dark blue paint some shadows in the face area

Step 6Apply a fi nal Sharp Filter to the image and it is ready

by Roberto Gamito

4

5

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 18: Document

53022008

contributing writers

Editor in Chief Magdalena Mojska magdalenamojskapsdmagorg

Copy Editor Ed Werzyn Robert Coppa Art Director Agnieszka Marchocka

DTP Przemysław BanasiewiczArt Executive Manager Ireneusz Pwogroszewski

Senior ConsultantPublisherPresident Paweł Marciniak

Managing Director Ewa ŁozowickaMarketing Director

Marta Kobus martakobuspsdmagorgProduction Director

Andrzej Kuca andrzejkucapsdmagorgPostal address

Publisher Software Press Spzoo SK02-682 Warszawa ul Bokserska 1

worldwide publishing wwwpsdmagorgen

All trade marks presented in the magazine were used only for informa-tive purposes All rights to trade marks presented in the magazine are

reserved by the companies which own themMathematical formulas created by Design Science MathTypetrade

The editors use automatic DTP system Editorial contributions should be sent to

editorspsdmagorg Customer Service +1 917 338 3631

The Software Press Spzoo SK works individually from Adobe The psd Photoshop team reserves the right not to be responsible for the topical-ity correctness completeness or quality of the information provided by

contributors

Holly Pacheco

Holly is a recent graduate of Santa Barbararsquos School of Media Arts in California where she received two 1st place awards in the annual Student Showcase She creates digital artwork by merging diverse photographs into new dynamic scenes Holly enjoys digital photography and experimenting with new Photo-shop techniquesTo know more visit wwwHollyPachecocom

Roberto Gamito

This passion is quite recent has little more than one year I am still in the phase of the discovering it A year ago it was happy in following my Physics studies but this passion caused my doubts I started to ask myself if I have chosen the right path Maths pr Physics and digital art may seem different but they are centered in the same purpose to describe the world In digital art there are no rules or limits

Sophie Van Dycke

My name is Sophie Van Dycke but I prefer Sheley itrsquos easierIrsquom from Belgium but live in Paris since 3 yearsIrsquom 27 years old Irsquom doing a design graphic training as a free student I love all digital arts (especially manipulations and digi-tal painting)

Tigz Rice

Tigz is a burlesque and alternative photographer from Lon-don who also specialises in digital illustration Graduating from Westminster in 2009 she has self-published three adult picture books - now on display in the Lewis Carroll Archives exhibited with Van Gogh and designed a range of heavy metal T-shirts for Diabolus Amor Tigz has photographed an impres-sive range of clients including boylesque star Joe Black alternative model Kristina Fenchum and performer Ginger Blush She also photographed 150 of the worldrsquos biggest bur-lesque stars at London Burlesque Week 2010

Maacutercia Gaudecircncio

From 3 years I have a passion for photo retouch and general-ly for phtoshop so I started to practice retouch fi rst on what I call extreme makeover as described in this tutorial and then devot himelf to studying professional photo retouching refi ning technical professional and actually retouch fashion shots Irsquom supermoderator in the Forum Graphics wwwgra-fi cicreativicom and I manage especially the section of pho-toretouch you can fi nd me at the following links wwwyleniaperontiwordpresscomhttpyleniucciadeviantartcom

Olly Howe

Olly Howe is an Illustrator form the UK His client list spans the globe and his work can frequently be found in magazines such as Advanced Photoshop and Computer Arts Olly sells limited edi-tion prints and pillows through wwwclickforartcom For more of Ollys work checkout his website www4playgraphixcom

c o v e r a r t i s t

Special thanks to Odessa Ombregriffe and Timur E Kiryashov

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 19: Document

beginer | 60 min adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom bamboo fun

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 20: Document

above the clouds

23psd Photoshop

Comparing the SizesFirst of all I usually compare the original sizes of the elements Irsquom using in order to know which ones will have to be resized Having them in a thumbnail at 12 25 or 50 allows you to focus on the dimensions As long as the manip is fan-tasy you donrsquot have to be really precise but for something realistic itrsquos an important point As you can see there are many differences here

01

02

ResizingMy artwork will be a 3000x3000 picture so I en-larged the mountain clouds and sun landscape but reduced the size of the girl rock doves and wings Most of the time I searched for the best-looking harmony by reducingenlarging with the tool Size of the Picture using 25 50 75 125 or 150 proportions Most of the time this is enough to get a good result Here the new sizes are GIRL (864x1152) ROCK (1632x1224) MOUN-TAIN (3000x2217) CLOUDS (3000x4000) WINGS (389x436) SUN LANDSCAPE (3000x1086) DOVE WITH BLUE BACKGROUND (158x167) and DOVE WITH DARK BACKGROUND (178x203)

Above the

CloudsBecause Irsquom a big fan of the fantasy atmosphere I try to bring this element to most of my works Above the Clouds is a way to escape from reality and make your dreams become real This tutorial is here to show you how to do an easy manip with some shots in order to create a fantasy atmosphere using things that appear common I just used basic tools and settings for it Sometimes the simplest things are enough to create a dreamy piece of art This is just the basics using fi lters of colors to determine the whole atmosphere Gaussian Blur and lines to perfect the shadows and light effect and more basics tips for cutting out selection and so on Basics are essential This is what Irsquod like to share with you as I present you with the step by step tutorial for my piece Above the Clouds

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 21: Document

photomanipulation

24 psd Photoshop

The DoveFor the doves the Quick Selection Tool set at 50 (plus the Lasso for some details) was enough for me As you can see the contrast of colors was enough to determine each element The Quick Selection Tool is interesting for fast work but itrsquos not always precise Keep in mind that even if the doves will be really small by the fi nal stage you still have to have an aesthetic selection

04

05

The GirlAs you can see I put the girl on a white layer which will be useful later when I cut her out Most of the time I simply copypasted the shot (so I had two duplicate layers) then selected the low-er layer with [Ctrl]+[A] and deleted it with [Del] Not an elegant way to do it but it was effi cient Next I cut the girl out with a soft eraser erasing everything that I didnrsquot want to keep

4

5

03

The RockFor the rock I rotated it 180deg because the per-spective is much more interesting this way Next I used the Lasso to select the part I was interest-ed in The Lasso allows you more precision con-cerning your selection and more freedom Always try to select the part with an aesthetic outline it helps people think the composition is real despite the fact that itrsquos fake When selecting also avoid strange shapes unless itrsquos precisely what yoursquore looking for

You can just erase the outline then select the girl with the lasso (in the erased part of the shot) Press [CTRL]+[SHIFT]+[I] then click [DEL]

Tips

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 22: Document

above the clouds

25psd Photoshop

Putting it all TogetherNext I opened a new fi le (3000x3000) put all the cut out elements on it then selected and arranged them Remember just one thing one element = one layer Of course for some manips yoursquoll have a lot of layers but this isnrsquot a problem You just have to name each layer to know which one corresponds to which element which will be really useful when you want to change move or erase a detail later Note I always keep a white layer under all the elements layers sometimes itrsquos very useful

07

08

Adjusting the LevelsHere I adjusted the levels of each layer (ImagegtAdjustmentsgtLevels or [Ctrl]+[L]) As I wanted to have brightness and light with strong contrasts I increased both the clear and dark tones (You can easily see this on the clouds and the girlrsquos wings) The midtones can either increase or decrease so do as you wish This part is pure fun and based on personal taste You can also notice some changes I made here I wasnrsquot satisfi ed with the position of the girl and rock so I created a sense of horizontal symmetry with one of the doves and added some more clouds Once again this is just a matter of personal taste

psd Photoshop

06

The CloudsSame thing for the clouds I placed a white layer under the shot then erased (soft eraser again) the part I wasnrsquot interested in I tried to keep the best shapes and more importantly a semblance of coherence in order to avoid creating strange and weird shapes in the sky Using the soft eraser will enable you to make some hidden mistakes while not wasting your time during later steps as you blur the outline

6

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 23: Document

photomanipulation

26 psd Photoshop

Equalizing the Mountain with the Sun LandscapeThe most important thing is to have a real harmony between the mountains and the sun landscape as they will encompass the whole background of the picture I used the following fi l-ter ImagegtAdjustmentsgtFilters The default color (R=236 G=138 B=0) was perfect for this I chose to set it at 80 opacity but I think you can choose an intensity between 75 and 83

10

11

Colors and DetailsI played with the fi lter (always using the same color) on all the layers until I found a good harmo-ny After that I used the blur tool on a soft setting along the outline of all my elements in order to mix them together and avoid sharp lines The intensity was set at 100 You have to be careful when blur-ring or things can become awful rather quickly I also added some hair to the girl with a Soft brush in front of the wing in order to add some realism to the piece

09

Smoothing the LimitsThis is also just a detail albeit a really important one As you can see there is a precise line of de-marcation between the Mountain layer and the Sun layer I used the Smudge Tool to smooth the line Here are my settings for the tool On Defi ni-tion Defi nition=38 Number=8 Variation=0 Irsquom working on the Sun layer on the right you can see the difference before and after

9

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 24: Document

above the clouds

27psd Photoshop

LightI selected the Light layer and drew rays of sun-light using the Line Tool using thicknesses of 10px 20px and 50px You can also do this with a brush depending on what kind of effect yoursquod like to obtain The lines create straight rays and the brush can be useful for building perspective Next I merged the line layers with the Light layer This time I used another Gaussian Blur set at 35 and a fi lter set at 40 (but without Keep the brightness)

13

14

Finishing Details I merged all the layers together and then once again played around with the levels In ImagegtAdjustments I increased the contrast and reduced the light I adjusted the saturation ([Ctrl]+[U]) reducing it a little I had some more fun with the fi lters saturation levels etc in order to determine what I wanted as I added the fi nal touches Finally I added some noise to the com-position (set at 3)

by Odessa Ombregriffe

The original piece of art can be seen at httpdameodessadeviantartcomartAbove-the-clouds-142901119

4

12ShadowsI added two new transparent layers ([Ctrl]+[Alt]+[N]) called Shadow and Light atop the former layers (Light must be placed beneath Shadow) Combined the two add harmony to the whole composition They bring a soft element of realism to blend everything together On my Shadow layer I used a big Soft brush and col-ored the corners roughly (using black) Try to color a small part of the corner in order to avoid ha-ving all of your composition under a soft black veil later on when blurring it I used a Gaussian Blur for the shadows selecting it by going to FiltersgtSmoothinggtGaussian Blur I usually choose the maxi-mum setting when working with shadows (250) It smoothes them out making them become a dark frame contrasting with the colors of your composition which helps bring focus to the main elements

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 25: Document

interview

28 psd Photoshop

Interview with Justin Maller

TELL OUR READERS HOW DID YOU BECOME AN ART DIRECTOR AND ILLUSTRATORMy career evolved quite organically Cre-ating digital illustrations had been a pas-sion of mine since high school and by the time I finished my degree (Creative Writing and Art History at the University of Melbourne) I was receiving my first commissions Around six months after completing my Bachelor I was receiving enough freelance work to be able to quit the job Id put myself through school with and focus exclusively on illustrating It happened slowly of its own volition and was the direct result of many years of hard work for no money

Justin Maller is a freelance illustrator and art director based in Melbourne Australia He has been creating digital art for over eight years and has produced professionally in both a private and studio based capacity for the last three He is represented by Jeremy Wortsman of the Jacky Winter Group Justin has had the pleasure of producing illustrations and concept art for a diverse array of companies and publications worldwide He enjoys a cordial collaborative relationship with several prestigious international design studios Work aside he is an inner core member of the Keystone Design Union an avid sneaker collector occassional tweeter and a mild force of nature on the basketball court Justin is also the Creative Director of The Depthcore Collective an international modern art collective established in June 2002 This role sees him direct and interact with many of the worlds most talented and prodigious young artists musicians and designers as they illustrate and orchestrate the thoughts hope and dreams of all corners of the globe

lsquoXXrsquoIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 26: Document

interview with justin maller

29psd Photoshop

IN YOUR OPINION WHAT ARE THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF YOUR PROFESSIONTheres many advantages being a freelancer I set my own hours I can live anywhere in the world and get to do the thing I love most

in the world as a job The disadvantages are that its a hard road to become an established illustrator the first few years can be pretty lean It can be quite a solitary lifestyle as well combined with the discipline required to maintain your own schedule and handle all

lsquoEyes Like A Diamond Minersquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 27: Document

interview

30 psd Photoshop

of the day to day of running your own business can make for quite a demanding situation

WHAT ARE YOUR TIPS TO THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO WORK AS DESIGNERSWork really hard Read less blogs Find and develop your own style Let others inspire you but never allow them to affect your work You

will find success by walking new paths not by following others Be motivated by your love for creating things not for your desire for at-tention fame or money

WHERE WOULD YOU ADVICE TO LOOK FOR COMMISSIONSIt depends what stage of your career you are at Getting an agent to professionally represent you is a good way to attract new business

lsquoOf Groundrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 28: Document

interview with justin maller

31psd Photoshop

if you are looking to become a full time professional If you are just starting out I recommend putting together a simple good looking folio filled with your best work and contacting magazines and por-tals to help spread the word

DO YOU FIND YOUR PROFESSION SATISFYING FROM THE FINANCIAL POINT OF VIEWYes I do quite well

lsquoWersquoll Be Perfectrsquo Photography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2010

lsquoWebsrsquoPhotography Chris KnightIllustration Justin MallerYear 2009

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 29: Document

With the recent release of Avatar fantasy art is very much in demand and offers a fantastic opportunity to get more experimental with Photoshop In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own fantasy scenes using old holiday photos and some very handy photo-montage techniques We will be working primarily with layer blending modes and customising brushes as well as touching on hue saturation and levels

Create Stunning Backgrounds for your

Fantasy Art

medium | 1 h adobe photoshop CS3 | wacom tablet

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 30: Document

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

33psd Photoshop

Step 1Open up a new fi le (FilegtNew) For this tutorial I used 200x200mm at 300dpi however you can accommo-date the size to suit your own artwork Open the cave image (sourced from stock imagery httprequi-em7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493) and with the Move Tool [V] selected click and drag the layer into our working fi le Pressing [Ctrl]+[T] to bring up the Transform tools resize and position the image to fi ll the entire document By pressing [Ctrl]+[J] duplicate the layer and go to EditgtTransformgtRotate 180

02

03

Step 2Now start removing sections of the top layer to blend in with the layer underneath Selecting the Rectangular Marquee Tool [M] highlight the lower quarter of the top layer and delete revealing the underneath layer

Step 3Select the Eraser [E] and set up a soft-edged brush using the sub-menu at the top of the screen with an Opacity of 28 and Flow of 30 Use this brush to soften the hard edge of the top layer and blend the rock details into the formations of the underneath layer Make sure there are no hard edges and that the joins look realistic You can also use the Eraser tool to highlight sections of the underneath layer you want to peep through I erased some of the bigger yellow stalactites from the top layer and allowed more of the smaller ones to peep through on the lsquogroundrsquo

01

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 31: Document

workshop

34 psd Photoshop

Step 4On a new layer select the Brush tool [B] and set up a soft-edged black brush with an Opacity of 44 and Flow of 30 Using this brush work on the up-per and lower sections to remove some of the tex-ture allowing focus on the middle section Subtle blending will help to create depth in the image Work with the imagersquos contours to create a realis-tic effect

04

05

06

Step 5Highlight both layers in the Layers palette and press [Ctrl]+[E] to merge them together Press [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[U] to desaturate the image and then use the Levels menu (press [Ctrl]+[L] to ac-cess) to correct the white balance I increased the white levels slightly at this point

Step 6Open the water texture fi le (sourced from stock imagery at httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166) and drag into the working fi le as the top layer Using the Layer Blending Modes dropdown menu in the layers palette on the right of the screen change the layer mode from Normal to Colour Your image should now have a greenblue tint

4

5

6

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 32: Document

create stunning backgrounds for your fantasy art

35psd Photoshop

Step 7Press [Ctrl]+[U] to bring up the HueSaturation Menu and experiment with different colours to achieve the desired cave-like effect (I have used Hue +34 Saturation ndash37 and Lightness 0) Exten-sion alternatively if you want to be a little more experimental you could create a new blank layer set to Colour Mode and use the soft brush to co-lour in the image

by Tigz Rice

File Sources httprequiem7892deviantartcomartSpikes-59427493 httpsirius-sdzdeviantartcomarttexture-128-131225166

07

A d v e r t i s e m e n t

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 33: Document

medium | 5-6 h adobe photoshop CS4

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 34: Document

keeper of the universe

37psd Photoshop

Very fi rst stepThe very fi rst step is to make a sketch Sketch is the important part of the future art work Even concept sketch which contains only 3 lines can be the ideal base for a great image I prefer to draw sketches on paper but I do not scan them I take a photo It makes sketches look more vivid and more artistic I love to mix real art with digital

01

02

BlendingBlending images is one of my favorite ways to make some really distinct view of the image This time I added layer 2 with photography made from the space set Opacity to 50 and set mode to Linear Dodge (Add) Effect of this action looks very unusual

Keeper of the Universe

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 35: Document

workshop

38 psd Photoshop

Shadow and LightShadow and Light is a very important step The image looks monocolored but it actually contains many colors This time I did not use the Eyedrop-per tool as I usually do After fi nishing the shad-ows itrsquos time to work on the brightest parts I used my own brushes here I think itrsquos the best way to express your own style In this case I was inspired by Gigerrsquos art therefore some parts of this image can remind of his art

04

05

Devil hides in the details Spending many hours on the details is a time waisting for me Therefore I drew the details of this image according only to the compositional dominants such as lips and mechanical elements The grains of the photo also helped me in this and in texturingTo create the effect of the shining metal I made hard refl ections of the light on the surface

4

5

03

Creating shapesThe next step is creating shapes I drew lines of the face and mechanical elements in order to see clearly in which direction I should move After the lines are drawn add some hard strokes on the shadow parts to mark out the shapes Then change brush to Soft and highlight shadow de-tails

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 36: Document

keeper of the universe

39psd Photoshop

The Final The fi nal effect is the most important even if itrsquos hard to notice it I created a few copies of the fi -nal version and did some variations with different adjustments and contrast Then I compared them and found the one that I liked the most

By Timur E Kiryashov

07

06

Last steps Now itrsquos important to fi ll the background in order not to make it look unfi nished However it is im-portant not to exaggerate We should feel whan itrsquos time to stop drawing

6

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 37: Document

psd Photoshop

Edito

rrsquos C

hoic

e Ro

bb C

asta

neda

ldquoD Girlrdquo- I had the big diamond (actually crystal) picture first and thought to create a fashion picture around it and have the model made of diamond The stars in the image are actually crystal candle stick holders

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 38: Document

41psd Photoshop

ldquoBedlamrdquo- This picture is made of many many layers I wanted to create an intense scene with a lot going on in the image Though there is also a calm element - the monk sitting on the railing

ldquoStrolling the Groundsrdquo- For this image I first came up with the background The lawn and the wooded area are two different images I blended together I was trying to create a unique fashion type of image

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 39: Document

42 psd Photoshop

My name is Robb Castaneda (Neda) I am from the United States I am a photographerdigital artist free-lancer My passion is everything from straight pho-tography to retouching and photo manipulations I am self taught especially on the digital end which encompasses most of my work now

I have been doing a lot of photo manipulations lately using stock and my own photos I love to cre-ate scenes that are unique and mysterious Some of my pictures take many many hours to create com-bining layers upon layers of images and blending them to make them look just right Thare are times when an image flows out of me pretty quickly but sometimes creating a picture involves many trials and errors I am an artists that tends not to explain to much about the meaning of each of my works I think each person should come to his own conclusions

I believe the digital age has opened a powerful new tool for artists like me to express themselves I look forward to see what the future holds that will allow me to express myself even further

To see more of my works visit wwwnedacarbonmadecom

ldquoMission 1rdquo- In this picture I wanted it to have a futuristic feel to it I started with the girl I liked the color of her hair and was able to match some items in the image to it

ldquo G Roomrdquo - I found this old eerie green house stock and slowly put this image together with stock and some of my own pictures The girlrsquos face is replaced by a toy dollrsquos face and the actual modelrsquos face I placed under the orchid

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 40: Document

43psd Photoshop

ldquoThere will be no Fawningrdquo- This picture started with the room and grew from there Even though it is an elegant room I decided to give it some dark under tones The maid is somewhat smaller than she actually is and here eyes are made black and bigger

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 41: Document

medium | 30 min adobe photoshop CS4

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 42: Document

beauty is photoshop

45psd Photoshop

the dark circles select the Clone Stamp tool from the same palette and set the diameter of the brush around 70px and the Opacity around 35 Make sure that in the result the skin is uneven

Beauty is Photoshop

Step 1First duplicate background layer and call it Cleanness Select from the Tools panel the Healing brush tool and remove all the imperfec-tions of the skin such as spots pimples or little wrinkles To reduce

In this tutorial I will show you how to make a professional photo retouch

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 43: Document

beauty retouch

46 psd Photoshop

Step 2Now we give more intensity to the image duplicate layer Cleanness and desaturate it from the menu ImagegtAdjustmentsgtDesaturate (Shift)+(Ctrl)+(U) apply the filter Gaussian Blur from the menu

FiltergtBlurgtGaussian blur with a Radius of 10px and set the blending mode of layer to Soft Light Finaly set the layerrsquos opacity to around 35

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 44: Document

beauty is photoshop

47psd Photoshop

Step 3In order to make the skin smooth create a new layer set and name it skins Duplicate the layer Cleanness two times Drag the new layer into the group skins Rename the top layer High pass and the inferior Gaussian blur Select the high pass layer and apply the High pass fil-ter from the menu FiltergtOthergtHigh pass setting the Radius to10px and now change the belnding mode of the layer to soft light Now select the Gaussian Blur layer and apply the filter from the menu FiltergtBlurgtGaussian Blur with a Radius of 40px With the Gaussian blur layer selected go in menu LayergtLayer maskgtHide all make sure that the mask is selected select the brush from the Tools pal-ette and set the foreground color to white Now brushed all over the skin avoiding eyes hair mouth nostrils and eyebrows using a Diam-eter of around 160px and Opacity to 100 Once youve covered the whole skin lower the layer opacity to 45-50

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 45: Document

beauty retouch

48 psd Photoshop

Step 4Now the finishing touches Create another group and call it Adjustments Lets go to menu Layergt New Adjustment LayergtSelective Color correction and set the following values Red +32 Cyan Black +7 Blacks Black +5 Now add a little color on the lips create a Hue saturation adjustment layer from the menu LayergtNew Adjustment LayergtHue Satu-ration and set Tones to -15 Fill the layer mask with black and select the Brush tool set the foreground color to white and with the opacity of the Brush 50 brush only the lips

Step 5Create another group and call it final_adjustments Add a new Curves adjustment layer and set Linear Contrast from the drop-down menu Add also an Adjustment layer levels by the menu LayergtNew adjustment layergtLevels and from the drop-down menu choose In-crease contrast 1 Finally select the group and lower the opacity to 40

by Ylenia Peronti

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 46: Document

WebHostingBuzz - interview

49psd Photoshop

Present your hosting offers for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers We chose to promote our reseller hosting to PSD Photoshop mag-azinersquos readers Most graphic and web designers build and design multiple websites over time Reseller hosting provides the perfect platform to host many numbers of websites for a single monthly fee So whether it is for multiple personal or work sites or selling hosting to customers our reseller hosting platform is perfect for both Wersquove also provided a special offer just for PSD Photoshop magazinersquos readers Use ldquoPSDmagrdquo coupon code and get 20 off for any reseller hosting plan of ours

Why should we choose WebHostingBuzz What makes it different from the other hosting companies Competition in the hosting market is fierce We know this we study it each and every day and monitor all of our competitors as a part of stipulation to remain the leader on the market Wersquore very confident that our customer service and support is second to none and you will not find any services that are as fast or as reliable at our price point Unlike many of our competitors wersquore not about posting the biggest profit margins Our owners are our executives and are in-volved in the day to day running of WebHostingBuzz along with our talented team in the number of almost 50 We like to think that we are a living thinking and breathing hosting

WebHostingBuzz - interview

Tell us about WebHostingBuzz itrsquos history and inception WebHostingBuzz was formed in 2002 We started from just a simple reseller hosting account ourselves hosted with a larger company Fast forward to 2010 we now host over 35000 clients directly and have about 250000 sites on our network including all of our re-sellersrsquo sites Throughout our history focusing on customer service has always been one of our priorities Today we are winning many awards for the high level of the services that we provide to our cli-ents

Tell us a few words about WebHostingBuzz and PSD Photoshop magazinersquos cooperation We decided to partner and advertise with PSD Photoshop magazine because it seemed like an excellent way to communicate our mes-sage to our grass roots web and graphic designers All three of our executives (who also own WebHostingBuzz) originated from the web development sector although we admit that we were only average at best But what wersquore good at is hosting and this rapidly became ap-parent back in 2002 Since then wersquove concentrated our efforts on web hosting However we are in touch with the needs requirements likes and dislikes of both graphic and web designers By supporting PSD Photoshop magazine through advertising and this article we feel like wersquore helping the industry that we came from as well as pro-moting our brand to those who may wish to try our hosting services

WebHostingBuzz is a company which has been providing the web hosting services for over 8 years Would you like to know some more about their history clients and services Are you interested in the special offer they have for psd readers Check out what hosting solutions have WebHostingBuzz prepared just for you

Page 47: Document